1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd)) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 432 /* 433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 437 ** 438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 444 */ 445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 446 struct PagerSavepoint { 447 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 448 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 449 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 450 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 451 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 453 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 454 #endif 455 }; 456 457 /* 458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 459 */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 463 464 /* 465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 466 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 467 ** 468 ** eState 469 ** 470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 472 ** 473 ** eLock 474 ** 475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 477 ** 478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 482 ** need (and no reason to release them). 483 ** 484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 486 ** details. 487 ** 488 ** changeCountDone 489 ** 490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 492 ** not updated more often than necessary. 493 ** 494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 500 ** 501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 503 ** committed. 504 ** 505 ** setMaster 506 ** 507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 510 ** 511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 519 ** 520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 524 ** 525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 529 ** 530 ** doNotSpill 531 ** 532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 535 ** 536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 542 ** case is a user preference. 543 ** 544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 549 ** 550 ** subjInMemory 551 ** 552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 555 ** 556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 557 ** write-transaction is opened. 558 ** 559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 560 ** 561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 563 ** OPEN and ERROR). 564 ** 565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 572 ** to dbSize==1). 573 ** 574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 577 ** dbSize is updated. 578 ** 579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 583 ** being modified. 584 ** 585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 589 ** 590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 600 ** 601 ** dbHintSize 602 ** 603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 605 ** 606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 611 ** details. 612 ** 613 ** errCode 614 ** 615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 618 ** sub-codes. 619 ** 620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags 621 ** 622 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03). 623 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode 624 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the 625 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL 626 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags 627 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct 628 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note 629 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced 630 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero. 631 */ 632 struct Pager { 633 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 634 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 635 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 636 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 637 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 638 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 639 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 640 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 641 u8 walSyncFlags; /* See description above */ 642 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 643 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 644 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 645 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 646 647 /************************************************************************** 648 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 649 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 650 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 651 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 652 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 653 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 654 ** "configuration" of the pager. 655 */ 656 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 657 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 658 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 659 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 660 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 661 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 662 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 663 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 664 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 665 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 666 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 667 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 668 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 669 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 670 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 671 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 672 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 673 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 674 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 675 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 676 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 677 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 678 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 679 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 680 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 681 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 682 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 683 684 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 685 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 686 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 687 /* 688 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 689 ***************************************************************************/ 690 691 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 692 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 693 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 694 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 695 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 696 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 697 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 698 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 699 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 700 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 701 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 702 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 704 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 705 #endif 706 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 707 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 709 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 710 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 711 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 712 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 713 #endif 714 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 715 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 717 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 718 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 719 #endif 720 }; 721 722 /* 723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 726 */ 727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 730 731 /* 732 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 733 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 734 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 735 */ 736 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 737 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 738 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 739 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 740 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 741 #else 742 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 743 #endif 744 745 746 747 /* 748 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 749 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 750 ** 751 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 752 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 753 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 754 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 755 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 756 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 757 ** journal and ignore it. 758 ** 759 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 760 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 761 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 762 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 763 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 764 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 765 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 766 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 767 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 768 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 769 */ 770 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 771 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 772 }; 773 774 /* 775 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 776 ** the following macro. 777 */ 778 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 779 780 /* 781 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 782 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 783 */ 784 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 785 786 /* 787 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 788 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 789 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 790 ** out code that would never execute. 791 */ 792 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 793 # define MEMDB 0 794 #else 795 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 796 #endif 797 798 /* 799 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 800 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 801 */ 802 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 803 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 804 #else 805 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 806 #endif 807 808 /* 809 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 810 */ 811 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 812 813 /* 814 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 815 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 816 ** 817 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 818 ** 819 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 820 ** 821 ** instead of 822 ** 823 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 824 */ 825 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 826 827 /* 828 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno. 829 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database. 830 */ 831 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ) 832 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 833 u32 iRead = 0; 834 int rc; 835 if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0; 836 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); 837 return rc || iRead; 838 } 839 #endif 840 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 841 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) 842 #else 843 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 844 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 845 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 846 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 847 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 848 #endif 849 850 #ifndef NDEBUG 851 /* 852 ** Usage: 853 ** 854 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 855 ** 856 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 857 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 858 */ 859 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 860 Pager *pPager = p; 861 862 /* State must be valid. */ 863 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 864 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 865 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 866 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 867 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 868 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 869 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 870 ); 871 872 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 873 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 874 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 875 */ 876 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 877 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 878 879 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 880 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 881 */ 882 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 883 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 884 885 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 886 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 887 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 888 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 889 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 890 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 891 ** state. 892 */ 893 if( MEMDB ){ 894 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 895 assert( p->noSync ); 896 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 897 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 898 ); 899 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 900 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 901 } 902 903 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 904 ** on the file. 905 */ 906 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 907 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 908 909 switch( p->eState ){ 910 case PAGER_OPEN: 911 assert( !MEMDB ); 912 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 913 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 914 break; 915 916 case PAGER_READER: 917 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 918 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 919 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 920 break; 921 922 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 923 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 924 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 925 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 926 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 927 } 928 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 929 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 930 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 931 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 932 break; 933 934 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 935 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 936 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 937 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 938 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 939 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 940 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 941 ** to journal_mode=wal. 942 */ 943 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 944 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 945 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 946 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 947 ); 948 } 949 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 950 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 951 break; 952 953 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 954 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 955 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 956 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 957 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 958 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 959 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 960 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 961 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 962 ); 963 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 964 break; 965 966 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 967 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 968 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 969 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 970 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 971 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 972 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 973 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 974 ); 975 break; 976 977 case PAGER_ERROR: 978 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 979 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 980 ** back to OPEN state. 981 */ 982 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 983 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 984 break; 985 } 986 987 return 1; 988 } 989 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 990 991 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 992 /* 993 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 994 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 995 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 996 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 997 ** 998 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 999 */ 1000 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 1001 static char zRet[1024]; 1002 1003 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 1004 "Filename: %s\n" 1005 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 1006 "Lock: %s\n" 1007 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 1008 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 1009 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 1010 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 1011 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 1012 , p->zFilename 1013 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1014 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1015 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1016 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1017 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1018 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1019 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1020 , (int)p->errCode 1021 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1022 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1023 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1024 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1025 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1026 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1027 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1028 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1029 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1030 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1031 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1032 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1033 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1034 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1035 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1036 ); 1037 1038 return zRet; 1039 } 1040 #endif 1041 1042 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1043 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1044 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1045 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1046 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1047 #endif 1048 1049 /* 1050 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1051 ** content from the pager. 1052 */ 1053 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1054 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1055 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1056 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1057 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) 1058 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 1059 && pPager->xCodec==0 1060 #endif 1061 ){ 1062 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1063 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1064 }else{ 1065 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1066 } 1067 } 1068 1069 /* 1070 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1071 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1072 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1073 ** 1074 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1075 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1076 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1077 */ 1078 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1079 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1080 PagerSavepoint *p; 1081 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1082 int i; 1083 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1084 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1085 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1086 return 1; 1087 } 1088 } 1089 return 0; 1090 } 1091 1092 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1093 /* 1094 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1095 */ 1096 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1097 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1098 } 1099 #endif 1100 1101 /* 1102 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1103 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1104 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1105 ** 1106 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1107 */ 1108 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1109 unsigned char ac[4]; 1110 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1111 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1112 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1113 } 1114 return rc; 1115 } 1116 1117 /* 1118 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1119 */ 1120 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1121 1122 1123 /* 1124 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1125 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1126 */ 1127 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1128 char ac[4]; 1129 put32bits(ac, val); 1130 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1131 } 1132 1133 /* 1134 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1135 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1136 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1137 ** 1138 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1139 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1140 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1141 */ 1142 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1143 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1144 1145 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1146 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1147 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1148 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1149 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1150 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1151 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1152 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1153 } 1154 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1155 } 1156 return rc; 1157 } 1158 1159 /* 1160 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1161 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1162 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1163 ** 1164 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1165 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1166 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1167 ** of this. 1168 */ 1169 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1170 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1171 1172 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1173 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1174 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1175 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1176 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1177 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1178 } 1179 } 1180 return rc; 1181 } 1182 1183 /* 1184 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or 1185 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The 1186 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if: 1187 ** 1188 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1189 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1190 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1191 ** to the page size. 1192 ** 1193 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal 1194 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1195 ** 1196 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() 1197 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is 1198 ** returned in this case. 1199 ** 1200 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned. 1201 */ 1202 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1203 assert( !MEMDB ); 1204 1205 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ 1206 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) 1207 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1208 1209 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1210 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1211 #else 1212 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager); 1213 #endif 1214 1215 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 1216 if( dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC ){ 1217 return -1; 1218 } 1219 #endif 1220 1221 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1222 { 1223 int nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1224 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1225 1226 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1227 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1228 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1229 return 0; 1230 } 1231 } 1232 1233 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1234 #endif 1235 1236 return 0; 1237 } 1238 1239 /* 1240 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1241 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1242 ** and debugging only. 1243 */ 1244 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1245 /* 1246 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1247 */ 1248 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1249 u32 hash = 0; 1250 int i; 1251 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1252 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1253 } 1254 return hash; 1255 } 1256 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1257 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1258 } 1259 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1260 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1261 } 1262 1263 /* 1264 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1265 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1266 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1267 */ 1268 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1269 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1270 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1271 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1272 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1273 } 1274 1275 #else 1276 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1277 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1278 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1279 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1280 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1281 1282 /* 1283 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1284 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1285 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1286 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1287 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1288 ** 1289 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1290 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1291 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1292 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1293 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1294 ** were present in the journal. 1295 ** 1296 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1297 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1298 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1299 ** journal file name. 1300 ** 1301 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1302 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1303 ** 1304 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1305 ** error code is returned. 1306 */ 1307 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1308 int rc; /* Return code */ 1309 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1310 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1311 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1312 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1313 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1314 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1315 1316 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1317 || szJ<16 1318 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1319 || len>=nMaster 1320 || len>szJ-16 1321 || len==0 1322 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1323 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1324 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1325 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1326 ){ 1327 return rc; 1328 } 1329 1330 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1331 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1332 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1333 } 1334 if( cksum ){ 1335 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1336 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1337 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1338 ** master-journal filename. 1339 */ 1340 len = 0; 1341 } 1342 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1343 1344 return SQLITE_OK; 1345 } 1346 1347 /* 1348 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1349 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1350 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1351 ** 1352 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1353 ** 1354 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1355 ** --------------------------------------- 1356 ** 0 0 1357 ** 512 512 1358 ** 100 512 1359 ** 2000 2048 1360 ** 1361 */ 1362 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1363 i64 offset = 0; 1364 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1365 if( c ){ 1366 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1367 } 1368 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1369 assert( offset>=c ); 1370 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1371 return offset; 1372 } 1373 1374 /* 1375 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1376 ** 1377 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1378 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1379 ** 1380 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1381 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1382 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1383 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1384 ** after writing or truncating it. 1385 ** 1386 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1387 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1388 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1389 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1390 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1391 ** 1392 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1393 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1394 */ 1395 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1396 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1397 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1398 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1399 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1400 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1401 1402 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1403 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1404 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1405 }else{ 1406 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1407 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1408 } 1409 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1410 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1411 } 1412 1413 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1414 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1415 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1416 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1417 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1418 */ 1419 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1420 i64 sz; 1421 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1422 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1423 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1424 } 1425 } 1426 } 1427 return rc; 1428 } 1429 1430 /* 1431 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1432 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1433 ** current location. 1434 ** 1435 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1436 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1437 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1438 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1439 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1440 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1441 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1442 ** 1443 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1444 */ 1445 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1446 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1447 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1448 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1449 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1450 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1451 1452 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1453 1454 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1455 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1456 } 1457 1458 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1459 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1460 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1461 */ 1462 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1463 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1464 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1465 } 1466 } 1467 1468 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1469 1470 /* 1471 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1472 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1473 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1474 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1475 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1476 ** 1477 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1478 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1479 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1480 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1481 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1482 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1483 ** 1484 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1485 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1486 ** 1487 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1488 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1489 */ 1490 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1491 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1492 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1493 ){ 1494 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1495 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1496 }else{ 1497 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1498 } 1499 1500 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1501 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1502 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1503 /* The initial database size */ 1504 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1505 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1506 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1507 1508 /* The page size */ 1509 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1510 1511 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1512 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1513 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1514 ** take the performance hit. 1515 */ 1516 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1517 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1518 1519 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1520 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1521 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1522 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1523 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1524 ** 1525 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1526 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1527 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1528 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1529 ** is done. 1530 ** 1531 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1532 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1533 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1534 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1535 */ 1536 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1537 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1538 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1539 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1540 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1541 } 1542 1543 return rc; 1544 } 1545 1546 /* 1547 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1548 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1549 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1550 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1551 ** a description of the journal header format. 1552 ** 1553 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1554 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1555 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1556 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1557 ** in this case. 1558 ** 1559 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1560 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1561 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1562 */ 1563 static int readJournalHdr( 1564 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1565 int isHot, 1566 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1567 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1568 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1569 ){ 1570 int rc; /* Return code */ 1571 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1572 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1573 1574 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1575 1576 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1577 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1578 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1579 */ 1580 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1581 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1582 return SQLITE_DONE; 1583 } 1584 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1585 1586 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1587 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1588 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1589 ** proceed. 1590 */ 1591 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1592 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1593 if( rc ){ 1594 return rc; 1595 } 1596 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1597 return SQLITE_DONE; 1598 } 1599 } 1600 1601 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1602 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1603 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1604 */ 1605 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1606 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1607 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1608 ){ 1609 return rc; 1610 } 1611 1612 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1613 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1614 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1615 1616 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1617 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1618 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1619 ){ 1620 return rc; 1621 } 1622 1623 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1624 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1625 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1626 */ 1627 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1628 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1629 } 1630 1631 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1632 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1633 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1634 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1635 */ 1636 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1637 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1638 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1639 ){ 1640 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1641 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1642 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1643 ** the journal file here. 1644 */ 1645 return SQLITE_DONE; 1646 } 1647 1648 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1649 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1650 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1651 */ 1652 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1653 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1654 1655 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1656 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1657 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1658 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1659 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1660 */ 1661 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1662 } 1663 1664 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1665 return rc; 1666 } 1667 1668 1669 /* 1670 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1671 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1672 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1673 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1674 ** anything is written. The format is: 1675 ** 1676 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1677 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1678 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1679 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1680 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1681 ** 1682 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1683 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1684 ** 1685 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1686 ** this call is a no-op. 1687 */ 1688 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1689 int rc; /* Return code */ 1690 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1691 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1692 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1693 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1694 1695 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1696 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1697 1698 if( !zMaster 1699 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1700 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1701 ){ 1702 return SQLITE_OK; 1703 } 1704 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1705 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1706 1707 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1708 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1709 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1710 } 1711 1712 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1713 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1714 ** the journal has already been synced. 1715 */ 1716 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1717 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1718 } 1719 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1720 1721 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1722 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1723 */ 1724 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1725 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1726 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1727 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1728 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1729 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1730 ){ 1731 return rc; 1732 } 1733 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1734 1735 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1736 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1737 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1738 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1739 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1740 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1741 ** 1742 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1743 ** file to the required size. 1744 */ 1745 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1746 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1747 ){ 1748 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1749 } 1750 return rc; 1751 } 1752 1753 /* 1754 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1755 */ 1756 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1757 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1758 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1759 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1760 } 1761 1762 /* 1763 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1764 */ 1765 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1766 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1767 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1768 } 1769 1770 /* 1771 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1772 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1773 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1774 */ 1775 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1776 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1777 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1778 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1779 } 1780 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1781 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1782 } 1783 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1784 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1785 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1786 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1787 } 1788 1789 /* 1790 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1791 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1792 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1793 */ 1794 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1795 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1796 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1797 1798 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1799 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1800 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1801 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1802 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1803 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1804 } 1805 } 1806 return rc; 1807 } 1808 1809 /* 1810 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1811 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1812 ** state. 1813 ** 1814 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1815 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1816 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1817 ** closed (if it is open). 1818 ** 1819 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1820 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1821 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1822 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1823 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1824 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1825 */ 1826 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1827 1828 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1829 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1830 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1831 ); 1832 1833 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1834 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1835 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1836 1837 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1838 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1839 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1840 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1841 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1842 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1843 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1844 1845 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1846 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1847 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1848 ** out from under us. 1849 */ 1850 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1851 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1852 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1853 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1854 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1855 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1856 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1857 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1858 ){ 1859 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1860 } 1861 1862 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1863 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1864 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1865 ** is necessary. 1866 */ 1867 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1868 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1869 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1870 } 1871 1872 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1873 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1874 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1875 */ 1876 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1877 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1878 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1879 } 1880 1881 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1882 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1883 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1884 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1885 */ 1886 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1887 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1888 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1889 pager_reset(pPager); 1890 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1891 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1892 }else{ 1893 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1894 } 1895 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1896 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1897 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1898 } 1899 1900 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1901 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1902 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1903 } 1904 1905 /* 1906 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1907 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1908 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1909 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1910 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1911 ** 1912 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1913 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1914 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1915 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1916 ** 1917 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1918 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1919 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1920 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1921 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1922 ** it were a hot-journal). 1923 */ 1924 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1925 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1926 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1927 assert( 1928 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1929 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1930 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1931 ); 1932 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1933 pPager->errCode = rc; 1934 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1935 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1936 } 1937 return rc; 1938 } 1939 1940 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1941 1942 /* 1943 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1944 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1945 ** 1946 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1947 ** 1948 ** Rules: 1949 ** 1950 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1951 ** for transactions to be durable. 1952 ** 1953 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1954 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1955 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1956 ** cache size. 1957 */ 1958 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1959 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1960 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1961 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1962 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1963 } 1964 1965 /* 1966 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1967 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1968 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1969 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1970 ** database transaction. 1971 ** 1972 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1973 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1974 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1975 ** 1976 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1977 ** 1978 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1979 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1980 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1981 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1982 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1983 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1984 ** 1985 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1986 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1987 ** in-memory journal. 1988 ** 1989 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1990 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1991 ** 1992 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1993 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1994 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1995 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1996 ** 1997 ** journalMode==DELETE 1998 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1999 ** 2000 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 2001 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 2002 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 2003 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 2004 ** 2005 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 2006 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 2007 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 2008 ** 2009 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 2010 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 2011 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 2012 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 2013 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 2014 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 2015 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 2016 ** returned. 2017 */ 2018 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 2019 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 2020 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 2021 2022 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 2023 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 2024 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 2025 ** held under two circumstances: 2026 ** 2027 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 2028 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 2029 ** 2030 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 2031 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 2032 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2033 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2034 */ 2035 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2036 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2037 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2038 return SQLITE_OK; 2039 } 2040 2041 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2042 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 2043 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 2044 ); 2045 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2046 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2047 2048 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2049 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2050 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2051 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2052 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2053 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2054 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2055 }else{ 2056 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2057 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2058 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2059 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2060 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2061 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2062 */ 2063 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2064 } 2065 } 2066 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2067 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2068 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2069 ){ 2070 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); 2071 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2072 }else{ 2073 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2074 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2075 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2076 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2077 */ 2078 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2079 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2080 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2081 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2082 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2083 ); 2084 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2085 if( bDelete ){ 2086 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2087 } 2088 } 2089 } 2090 2091 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2092 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2093 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2094 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2095 if( p ){ 2096 p->pageHash = 0; 2097 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2098 } 2099 } 2100 #endif 2101 2102 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2103 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2104 pPager->nRec = 0; 2105 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2106 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2107 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2108 }else{ 2109 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2110 } 2111 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2112 } 2113 2114 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2115 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2116 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2117 ** lock held on the database file. 2118 */ 2119 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2120 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2121 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2122 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2123 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2124 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2125 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2126 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2127 ** required size. */ 2128 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2129 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2130 } 2131 2132 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2133 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2134 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2135 } 2136 2137 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2138 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2139 ){ 2140 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2141 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2142 } 2143 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2144 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2145 2146 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2147 } 2148 2149 /* 2150 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2151 ** database file. 2152 ** 2153 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2154 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2155 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2156 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2157 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2158 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2159 ** will roll it back. 2160 ** 2161 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2162 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2163 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2164 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2165 */ 2166 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2167 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2168 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2169 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2170 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2171 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2172 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2173 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2174 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2175 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2176 } 2177 } 2178 pager_unlock(pPager); 2179 } 2180 2181 /* 2182 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2183 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2184 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2185 ** 2186 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2187 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2188 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2189 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2190 ** 2191 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2192 ** incompatible journal file format. 2193 ** 2194 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2195 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2196 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2197 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2198 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2199 */ 2200 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2201 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2202 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2203 while( i>0 ){ 2204 cksum += aData[i]; 2205 i -= 200; 2206 } 2207 return cksum; 2208 } 2209 2210 /* 2211 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2212 ** to the codec. 2213 */ 2214 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2215 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2216 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2217 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2218 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2219 } 2220 } 2221 #else 2222 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2223 #endif 2224 2225 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2226 /* 2227 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2228 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2229 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2230 */ 2231 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2232 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2233 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2234 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2235 } 2236 } 2237 #endif 2238 2239 /* 2240 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2241 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2242 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2243 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2244 ** 2245 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2246 ** not. 2247 ** 2248 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2249 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2250 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2251 ** 2252 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2253 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2254 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2255 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2256 ** prior to returning. 2257 ** 2258 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2259 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2260 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2261 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2262 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2263 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2264 ** two circumstances: 2265 ** 2266 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2267 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2268 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2269 ** 2270 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2271 ** 2272 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2273 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2274 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2275 */ 2276 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2277 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2278 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2279 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2280 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2281 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2282 ){ 2283 int rc; 2284 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2285 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2286 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2287 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2288 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2289 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2290 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2291 /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through 2292 ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */ 2293 const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0); 2294 #endif 2295 2296 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2297 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2298 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2299 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2300 2301 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2302 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2303 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2304 2305 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2306 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2307 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2308 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2309 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2310 */ 2311 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2312 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2313 ); 2314 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2315 2316 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2317 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2318 */ 2319 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2320 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2321 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2322 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2323 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2324 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2325 2326 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2327 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2328 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2329 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2330 */ 2331 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2332 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2333 return SQLITE_DONE; 2334 } 2335 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2336 return SQLITE_OK; 2337 } 2338 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2339 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2340 if( rc ) return rc; 2341 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2342 return SQLITE_DONE; 2343 } 2344 } 2345 2346 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2347 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2348 */ 2349 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2350 return rc; 2351 } 2352 2353 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2354 */ 2355 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2356 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2357 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2358 } 2359 2360 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2361 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2362 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2363 ** 2364 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2365 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2366 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2367 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2368 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2369 ** assert()able. 2370 ** 2371 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2372 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2373 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2374 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2375 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2376 ** 2377 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2378 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2379 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2380 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2381 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2382 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2383 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2384 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2385 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2386 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2387 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2388 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2389 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2390 ** 2391 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2392 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2393 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2394 */ 2395 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2396 pPg = 0; 2397 }else{ 2398 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2399 } 2400 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2401 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2402 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2403 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2404 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2405 )); 2406 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2407 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2408 }else{ 2409 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2410 } 2411 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2412 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2413 && isSynced 2414 ){ 2415 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2416 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2417 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2418 2419 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. 2420 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data 2421 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception 2422 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that 2423 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database 2424 ** file. */ 2425 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2426 if( !jrnlEnc ){ 2427 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2428 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2429 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2430 }else 2431 #endif 2432 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2433 2434 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2435 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2436 } 2437 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2438 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2439 if( jrnlEnc ){ 2440 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2441 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2442 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData); 2443 }else 2444 #endif 2445 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2446 } 2447 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2448 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2449 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2450 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2451 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2452 ** current. 2453 ** 2454 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2455 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2456 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2457 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2458 ** 2459 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2460 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2461 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2462 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2463 */ 2464 assert( isSavepnt ); 2465 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2466 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2467 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2468 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2469 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2470 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2471 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2472 } 2473 if( pPg ){ 2474 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2475 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2476 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2477 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2478 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2479 */ 2480 void *pData; 2481 pData = pPg->pData; 2482 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2483 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2484 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2485 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2486 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2487 ** has been removed. */ 2488 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2489 2490 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2491 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2492 if( pgno==1 ){ 2493 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2494 } 2495 2496 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2497 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2498 if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } 2499 #endif 2500 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2501 } 2502 return rc; 2503 } 2504 2505 /* 2506 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2507 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2508 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2509 ** and does so if it is. 2510 ** 2511 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2512 ** available for use within this function. 2513 ** 2514 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2515 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2516 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2517 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2518 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2519 ** 2520 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2521 ** 2522 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2523 ** journals have been rolled back. 2524 ** 2525 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2526 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2527 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2528 ** 2529 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2530 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2531 ** file zMaster 2532 ** 2533 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2534 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2535 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2536 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2537 ** 2538 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2539 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2540 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2541 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2542 ** 2543 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2544 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2545 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2546 ** size. 2547 */ 2548 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2549 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2550 int rc; /* Return code */ 2551 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2552 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2553 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2554 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2555 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2556 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2557 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2558 2559 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2560 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2561 */ 2562 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2563 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2564 if( !pMaster ){ 2565 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2566 }else{ 2567 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2568 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2569 } 2570 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2571 2572 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2573 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2574 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2575 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2576 */ 2577 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2578 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2579 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2580 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2581 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2582 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2583 goto delmaster_out; 2584 } 2585 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2586 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2587 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2588 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2589 2590 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2591 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2592 int exists; 2593 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2594 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2595 goto delmaster_out; 2596 } 2597 if( exists ){ 2598 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2599 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2600 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2601 */ 2602 int c; 2603 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2604 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2605 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2606 goto delmaster_out; 2607 } 2608 2609 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2610 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2611 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2612 goto delmaster_out; 2613 } 2614 2615 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2616 if( c ){ 2617 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2618 goto delmaster_out; 2619 } 2620 } 2621 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2622 } 2623 2624 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2625 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2626 2627 delmaster_out: 2628 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2629 if( pMaster ){ 2630 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2631 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2632 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2633 } 2634 return rc; 2635 } 2636 2637 2638 /* 2639 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2640 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2641 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2642 ** 2643 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2644 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2645 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2646 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2647 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2648 ** 2649 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2650 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2651 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2652 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2653 ** the end of the new file instead. 2654 ** 2655 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2656 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2657 */ 2658 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2659 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2660 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2661 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2662 2663 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2664 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2665 ){ 2666 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2667 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2668 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2669 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2670 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2671 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2672 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2673 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2674 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2675 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2676 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2677 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2678 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2679 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2680 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2681 } 2682 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2683 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2684 } 2685 } 2686 } 2687 return rc; 2688 } 2689 2690 /* 2691 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2692 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2693 */ 2694 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2695 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2696 if( iRet<32 ){ 2697 iRet = 512; 2698 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2699 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2700 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2701 } 2702 return iRet; 2703 } 2704 2705 /* 2706 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2707 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2708 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2709 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2710 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2711 ** 2712 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2713 ** 2714 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2715 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2716 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2717 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2718 ** 2719 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2720 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2721 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2722 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2723 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2724 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2725 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2726 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2727 */ 2728 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2729 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2730 2731 if( pPager->tempFile 2732 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2733 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2734 ){ 2735 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2736 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2737 ** call will segfault. */ 2738 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2739 }else{ 2740 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2741 } 2742 } 2743 2744 /* 2745 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2746 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2747 ** 2748 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2749 ** 2750 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2751 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2752 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2753 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2754 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2755 ** sanity checksum. 2756 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2757 ** database to during a rollback. 2758 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2759 ** is this many bytes in size. 2760 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2761 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2762 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2763 ** + 4 byte page number. 2764 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2765 ** + 4 byte checksum 2766 ** 2767 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2768 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2769 ** 2770 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2771 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2772 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2773 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2774 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2775 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2776 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2777 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2778 ** 2779 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2780 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2781 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2782 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2783 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2784 ** 2785 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2786 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2787 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2788 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2789 ** been encountered. 2790 ** 2791 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2792 ** and an error code is returned. 2793 ** 2794 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2795 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2796 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2797 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2798 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2799 ** needed. 2800 */ 2801 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2802 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2803 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2804 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2805 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2806 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2807 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2808 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2809 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2810 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2811 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2812 u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 2813 2814 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2815 ** the journal is empty. 2816 */ 2817 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2818 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2819 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2820 goto end_playback; 2821 } 2822 2823 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2824 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2825 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2826 ** played back. 2827 ** 2828 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2829 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2830 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2831 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2832 ** for pageSize. 2833 */ 2834 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2835 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2836 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2837 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2838 } 2839 zMaster = 0; 2840 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2841 goto end_playback; 2842 } 2843 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2844 needPagerReset = isHot; 2845 2846 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2847 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2848 ** occurs. 2849 */ 2850 while( 1 ){ 2851 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2852 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2853 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2854 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2855 */ 2856 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2857 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2858 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2859 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2860 } 2861 goto end_playback; 2862 } 2863 2864 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2865 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2866 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2867 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2868 */ 2869 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2870 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2871 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2872 } 2873 2874 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2875 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2876 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2877 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2878 ** size of the file. 2879 ** 2880 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2881 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2882 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2883 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2884 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2885 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2886 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2887 */ 2888 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2889 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2890 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2891 } 2892 2893 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2894 ** database file back to its original size. 2895 */ 2896 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2897 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2898 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2899 goto end_playback; 2900 } 2901 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2902 } 2903 2904 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2905 ** database file and/or page cache. 2906 */ 2907 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2908 if( needPagerReset ){ 2909 pager_reset(pPager); 2910 needPagerReset = 0; 2911 } 2912 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2913 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2914 nPlayback++; 2915 }else{ 2916 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2917 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2918 break; 2919 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2920 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2921 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2922 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2923 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2924 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2925 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2926 goto end_playback; 2927 }else{ 2928 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2929 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2930 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2931 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2932 */ 2933 goto end_playback; 2934 } 2935 } 2936 } 2937 } 2938 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2939 assert( 0 ); 2940 2941 end_playback: 2942 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2943 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1); 2944 } 2945 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2946 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2947 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2948 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2949 */ 2950 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2951 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2952 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2953 } 2954 #endif 2955 2956 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2957 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2958 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2959 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2960 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2961 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2962 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2963 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2964 */ 2965 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2966 2967 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2968 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2969 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2970 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2971 } 2972 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2973 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2974 ){ 2975 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2976 } 2977 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2978 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2979 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2980 } 2981 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2982 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2983 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2984 */ 2985 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2986 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2987 } 2988 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2989 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2990 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2991 } 2992 2993 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2994 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2995 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2996 */ 2997 setSectorSize(pPager); 2998 return rc; 2999 } 3000 3001 3002 /* 3003 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of 3004 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into 3005 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 3006 ** file before this function is called. 3007 ** 3008 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 3009 ** the value read from the database file. 3010 ** 3011 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 3012 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3013 */ 3014 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3015 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 3016 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3017 3018 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3019 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */ 3020 3021 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 3022 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3023 3024 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3025 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3026 if( rc ) return rc; 3027 } 3028 if( iFrame ){ 3029 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData); 3030 }else 3031 #endif 3032 { 3033 i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 3034 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); 3035 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3036 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3037 } 3038 } 3039 3040 if( pPg->pgno==1 ){ 3041 if( rc ){ 3042 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 3043 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 3044 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 3045 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 3046 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 3047 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 3048 ** 3049 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 3050 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 3051 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 3052 ** we should still be ok. 3053 */ 3054 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3055 }else{ 3056 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 3057 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3058 } 3059 } 3060 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 3061 3062 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 3063 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 3064 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); 3065 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 3066 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 3067 3068 return rc; 3069 } 3070 3071 /* 3072 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3073 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3074 ** 3075 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3076 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3077 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3078 */ 3079 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3080 u32 change_counter; 3081 3082 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3083 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3084 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3085 3086 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3087 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3088 ** is valid. */ 3089 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3090 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3091 } 3092 3093 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3094 /* 3095 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3096 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3097 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3098 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3099 ** 3100 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3101 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3102 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3103 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3104 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3105 */ 3106 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3107 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3108 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3109 PgHdr *pPg; 3110 3111 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3112 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3113 if( pPg ){ 3114 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3115 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3116 }else{ 3117 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 3118 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3119 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3120 } 3121 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3122 } 3123 } 3124 3125 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3126 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3127 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3128 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3129 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3130 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3131 ** the backups must be restarted. 3132 */ 3133 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3134 3135 return rc; 3136 } 3137 3138 /* 3139 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3140 */ 3141 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3142 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3143 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3144 3145 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3146 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3147 ** following: 3148 ** 3149 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3150 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3151 */ 3152 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3153 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3154 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3155 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3156 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3157 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3158 pList = pNext; 3159 } 3160 3161 return rc; 3162 } 3163 3164 /* 3165 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3166 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3167 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3168 ** changed. 3169 ** 3170 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3171 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3172 */ 3173 static int pagerWalFrames( 3174 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3175 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3176 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3177 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3178 ){ 3179 int rc; /* Return code */ 3180 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3181 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3182 3183 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3184 assert( pList ); 3185 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3186 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3187 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3188 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3189 } 3190 #endif 3191 3192 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3193 if( isCommit ){ 3194 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3195 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3196 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3197 ** list here. */ 3198 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3199 nList = 0; 3200 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3201 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3202 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3203 nList++; 3204 } 3205 } 3206 assert( pList ); 3207 }else{ 3208 nList = 1; 3209 } 3210 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3211 3212 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3213 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3214 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3215 ); 3216 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3217 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3218 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3219 } 3220 } 3221 3222 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3223 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3224 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3225 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3226 } 3227 #endif 3228 3229 return rc; 3230 } 3231 3232 /* 3233 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3234 ** 3235 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3236 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3237 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3238 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3239 */ 3240 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3241 int rc; /* Return code */ 3242 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3243 3244 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3245 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3246 3247 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3248 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3249 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3250 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3251 */ 3252 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3253 3254 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3255 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3256 pager_reset(pPager); 3257 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3258 } 3259 3260 return rc; 3261 } 3262 #endif 3263 3264 /* 3265 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3266 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3267 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3268 ** 3269 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3270 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3271 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3272 */ 3273 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3274 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3275 3276 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3277 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3278 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3279 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3280 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3281 */ 3282 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3283 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3284 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3285 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3286 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3287 3288 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3289 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of 3290 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3291 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3292 */ 3293 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3294 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3295 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3296 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3297 return rc; 3298 } 3299 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3300 } 3301 3302 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3303 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3304 ** that the file can be read. 3305 */ 3306 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3307 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3308 } 3309 3310 *pnPage = nPage; 3311 return SQLITE_OK; 3312 } 3313 3314 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3315 /* 3316 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3317 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3318 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3319 ** 3320 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3321 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3322 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3323 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3324 ** 3325 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3326 ** 3327 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3328 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3329 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3330 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3331 ** other connection. 3332 */ 3333 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3334 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3335 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3336 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3337 3338 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3339 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3340 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3341 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3342 ); 3343 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3344 if( isWal ){ 3345 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3346 3347 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3348 if( rc ) return rc; 3349 if( nPage==0 ){ 3350 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3351 }else{ 3352 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3353 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3354 } 3355 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3356 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3357 } 3358 } 3359 } 3360 return rc; 3361 } 3362 #endif 3363 3364 /* 3365 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3366 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3367 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3368 ** savepoint. 3369 ** 3370 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3371 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3372 ** performed in the order specified: 3373 ** 3374 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3375 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3376 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3377 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3378 ** 3379 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3380 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3381 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3382 ** 3383 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3384 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3385 ** the journal file. 3386 ** 3387 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3388 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3389 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3390 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3391 ** 3392 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3393 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3394 ** 3395 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3396 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3397 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3398 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3399 */ 3400 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3401 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3402 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3403 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3404 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3405 3406 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3407 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3408 3409 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3410 if( pSavepoint ){ 3411 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3412 if( !pDone ){ 3413 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3414 } 3415 } 3416 3417 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3418 ** being reverted was opened. 3419 */ 3420 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3421 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3422 3423 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3424 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3425 } 3426 3427 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3428 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3429 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3430 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3431 */ 3432 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3433 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3434 3435 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3436 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3437 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3438 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3439 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3440 ** are played back. 3441 */ 3442 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3443 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3444 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3445 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3446 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3447 } 3448 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3449 }else{ 3450 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3451 } 3452 3453 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3454 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3455 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3456 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3457 */ 3458 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3459 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3460 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3461 u32 dummy; 3462 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3463 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3464 3465 /* 3466 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3467 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3468 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3469 */ 3470 if( nJRec==0 3471 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3472 ){ 3473 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3474 } 3475 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3476 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3477 } 3478 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3479 } 3480 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3481 3482 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3483 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3484 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3485 */ 3486 if( pSavepoint ){ 3487 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3488 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3489 3490 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3491 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3492 } 3493 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3494 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3495 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3496 } 3497 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3498 } 3499 3500 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3501 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3502 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3503 } 3504 3505 return rc; 3506 } 3507 3508 /* 3509 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3510 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3511 */ 3512 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3513 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3514 } 3515 3516 /* 3517 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3518 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3519 */ 3520 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3521 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3522 } 3523 3524 /* 3525 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3526 */ 3527 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3528 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3529 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3530 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3531 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3532 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3533 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3534 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3535 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3536 } 3537 #endif 3538 } 3539 3540 /* 3541 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3542 */ 3543 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3544 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3545 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3546 } 3547 3548 /* 3549 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3550 */ 3551 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3552 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3553 } 3554 3555 /* 3556 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3557 ** 3558 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3559 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3560 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3561 ** There are four levels: 3562 ** 3563 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3564 ** for temporary and transient files. 3565 ** 3566 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3567 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3568 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3569 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3570 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3571 ** when it is rolled back. 3572 ** 3573 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3574 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3575 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3576 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3577 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3578 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3579 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3580 ** 3581 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3582 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3583 ** journal is unlinked. 3584 ** 3585 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3586 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3587 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3588 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3589 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3590 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3591 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3592 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3593 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3594 ** 3595 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3596 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3597 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3598 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3599 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3600 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3601 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3602 ** 3603 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3604 ** and FULL=3. 3605 */ 3606 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3607 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3608 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3609 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3610 ){ 3611 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3612 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3613 pPager->noSync = 1; 3614 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3615 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3616 }else{ 3617 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3618 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3619 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3620 } 3621 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3622 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3623 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3624 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3625 }else{ 3626 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3627 } 3628 pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2); 3629 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3630 pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags; 3631 } 3632 if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){ 3633 pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2); 3634 } 3635 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3636 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3637 }else{ 3638 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3639 } 3640 } 3641 #endif 3642 3643 /* 3644 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3645 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3646 ** testing and analysis only. 3647 */ 3648 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3649 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3650 #endif 3651 3652 /* 3653 ** Open a temporary file. 3654 ** 3655 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3656 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3657 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3658 ** 3659 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3660 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3661 ** 3662 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3663 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3664 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3665 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3666 */ 3667 static int pagerOpentemp( 3668 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3669 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3670 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3671 ){ 3672 int rc; /* Return code */ 3673 3674 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3675 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3676 #endif 3677 3678 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3679 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3680 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3681 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3682 return rc; 3683 } 3684 3685 /* 3686 ** Set the busy handler function. 3687 ** 3688 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3689 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3690 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3691 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3692 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3693 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3694 ** 3695 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3696 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3697 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3698 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3699 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3700 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3701 ** 3702 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3703 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3704 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3705 */ 3706 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3707 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3708 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3709 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3710 ){ 3711 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3712 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3713 3714 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3715 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3716 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3717 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3718 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3719 } 3720 } 3721 3722 /* 3723 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3724 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3725 ** 3726 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3727 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3728 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3729 ** 3730 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3731 ** 3732 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3733 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3734 ** 3735 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3736 ** 3737 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3738 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3739 ** 3740 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3741 ** 3742 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3743 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3744 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3745 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3746 ** 3747 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3748 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3749 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3750 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3751 */ 3752 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3753 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3754 3755 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3756 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3757 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3758 ** 3759 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3760 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3761 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3762 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3763 */ 3764 3765 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3766 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3767 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3768 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3769 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3770 ){ 3771 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3772 i64 nByte = 0; 3773 3774 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3775 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3776 } 3777 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3778 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3779 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3780 } 3781 3782 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3783 pager_reset(pPager); 3784 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3785 } 3786 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3787 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3788 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3789 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3790 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3791 }else{ 3792 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3793 } 3794 } 3795 3796 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3797 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3798 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3799 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3800 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3801 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3802 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3803 } 3804 return rc; 3805 } 3806 3807 /* 3808 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3809 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3810 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3811 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3812 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3813 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3814 */ 3815 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3816 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3817 } 3818 3819 /* 3820 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3821 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3822 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3823 ** 3824 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3825 */ 3826 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3827 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3828 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3829 } 3830 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3831 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3832 return pPager->mxPgno; 3833 } 3834 3835 /* 3836 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3837 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3838 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3839 ** 3840 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3841 ** and generate no code. 3842 */ 3843 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3844 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3845 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3846 static int saved_cnt; 3847 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3848 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3849 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3850 } 3851 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3852 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3853 } 3854 #else 3855 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3856 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3857 #endif 3858 3859 /* 3860 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3861 ** that pDest points to. 3862 ** 3863 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3864 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3865 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3866 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3867 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3868 ** 3869 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3870 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3871 ** output buffer undefined. 3872 */ 3873 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3874 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3875 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3876 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3877 3878 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3879 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3880 ** to WAL mode yet. 3881 */ 3882 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3883 3884 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3885 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3886 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3887 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3888 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3889 } 3890 } 3891 return rc; 3892 } 3893 3894 /* 3895 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3896 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3897 ** 3898 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3899 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3900 */ 3901 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3902 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3903 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3904 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3905 } 3906 3907 3908 /* 3909 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3910 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3911 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3912 ** 3913 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3914 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3915 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3916 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3917 ** 3918 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3919 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3920 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3921 */ 3922 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3923 int rc; /* Return code */ 3924 3925 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3926 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3927 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3928 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3929 */ 3930 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3931 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3932 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3933 ); 3934 3935 do { 3936 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3937 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3938 return rc; 3939 } 3940 3941 /* 3942 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3943 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3944 ** 3945 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3946 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3947 ** 3948 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3949 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3950 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3951 ** 3952 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3953 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3954 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3955 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3956 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3957 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3958 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3959 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3960 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3961 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3962 */ 3963 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3964 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3965 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3966 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3967 } 3968 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3969 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3970 } 3971 #else 3972 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3973 #endif 3974 3975 /* 3976 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3977 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3978 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3979 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3980 ** 3981 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3982 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3983 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3984 ** then continue writing to the database. 3985 */ 3986 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3987 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3988 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3989 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3990 3991 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3992 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3993 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3994 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3995 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3996 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3997 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3998 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3999 ** is no longer correct. */ 4000 } 4001 4002 4003 /* 4004 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 4005 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 4006 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 4007 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 4008 ** 4009 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 4010 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 4011 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 4012 ** content as this process. 4013 ** 4014 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 4015 ** an SQLite error code. 4016 */ 4017 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4018 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4019 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4020 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 4021 } 4022 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4023 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 4024 } 4025 return rc; 4026 } 4027 4028 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 4029 /* 4030 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 4031 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 4032 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 4033 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 4034 ** *ppPage to zero. 4035 ** 4036 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 4037 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 4038 */ 4039 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 4040 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 4041 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 4042 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 4043 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 4044 ){ 4045 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 4046 4047 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 4048 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4049 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 4050 p->pDirty = 0; 4051 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 4052 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 4053 }else{ 4054 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 4055 if( p==0 ){ 4056 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 4057 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4058 } 4059 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 4060 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4061 p->nRef = 1; 4062 p->pPager = pPager; 4063 } 4064 4065 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4066 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4067 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4068 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4069 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4070 4071 p->pgno = pgno; 4072 p->pData = pData; 4073 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4074 4075 return SQLITE_OK; 4076 } 4077 #endif 4078 4079 /* 4080 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4081 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4082 */ 4083 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4084 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4085 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4086 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4087 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4088 4089 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4090 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4091 } 4092 4093 /* 4094 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4095 */ 4096 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4097 PgHdr *p; 4098 PgHdr *pNext; 4099 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4100 pNext = p->pDirty; 4101 sqlite3_free(p); 4102 } 4103 } 4104 4105 4106 /* 4107 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4108 ** 4109 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4110 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4111 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4112 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4113 ** result in a coredump. 4114 ** 4115 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4116 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4117 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4118 ** to the caller. 4119 */ 4120 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4121 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4122 4123 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4124 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4125 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4126 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4127 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4128 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4129 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4130 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4131 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4132 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, 4133 (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp) 4134 ); 4135 pPager->pWal = 0; 4136 #endif 4137 pager_reset(pPager); 4138 if( MEMDB ){ 4139 pager_unlock(pPager); 4140 }else{ 4141 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4142 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4143 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4144 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4145 ** 4146 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4147 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4148 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4149 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4150 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4151 */ 4152 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4153 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4154 } 4155 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4156 } 4157 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4158 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4159 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4160 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4161 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4162 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4163 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4164 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4165 4166 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4167 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4168 #endif 4169 4170 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4171 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4172 4173 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4174 return SQLITE_OK; 4175 } 4176 4177 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4178 /* 4179 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4180 */ 4181 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4182 return pPg->pgno; 4183 } 4184 #endif 4185 4186 /* 4187 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4188 */ 4189 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4190 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4191 } 4192 4193 /* 4194 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4195 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4196 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4197 ** 4198 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4199 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4200 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4201 ** 4202 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4203 ** be taken. 4204 ** 4205 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4206 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4207 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4208 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4209 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4210 ** 4211 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4212 ** journal file is synced. 4213 ** 4214 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4215 ** 4216 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4217 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4218 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4219 ** <update nRec field> 4220 ** } 4221 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4222 ** } 4223 ** 4224 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4225 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4226 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4227 */ 4228 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4229 int rc; /* Return code */ 4230 4231 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4232 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4233 ); 4234 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4235 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4236 4237 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4238 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4239 4240 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4241 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4242 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4243 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4244 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4245 4246 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4247 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4248 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4249 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4250 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4251 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4252 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4253 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4254 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4255 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4256 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4257 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4258 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4259 ** 4260 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4261 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4262 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4263 ** 4264 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4265 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4266 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4267 ** the potential journal header. 4268 */ 4269 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4270 u8 aMagic[8]; 4271 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4272 4273 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4274 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4275 4276 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4277 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4278 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4279 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4280 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4281 } 4282 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4283 return rc; 4284 } 4285 4286 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4287 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4288 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4289 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4290 ** 4291 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4292 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4293 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4294 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4295 ** and never needs to be updated. 4296 */ 4297 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4298 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4299 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4300 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4301 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4302 } 4303 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4304 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4305 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4306 ); 4307 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4308 } 4309 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4310 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4311 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4312 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4313 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4314 ); 4315 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4316 } 4317 4318 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4319 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4320 pPager->nRec = 0; 4321 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4322 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4323 } 4324 }else{ 4325 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4326 } 4327 } 4328 4329 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4330 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4331 ** all pages. 4332 */ 4333 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4334 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4335 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4336 return SQLITE_OK; 4337 } 4338 4339 /* 4340 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4341 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4342 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4343 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4344 ** a no-op. 4345 ** 4346 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4347 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4348 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4349 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4350 ** 4351 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4352 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4353 ** written out. 4354 ** 4355 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4356 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4357 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4358 ** 4359 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4360 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4361 ** 4362 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4363 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4364 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4365 ** the database file. 4366 ** 4367 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4368 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4369 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4370 */ 4371 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4372 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4373 4374 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4375 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4376 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4377 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4378 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4379 4380 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4381 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4382 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4383 */ 4384 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4385 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4386 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4387 } 4388 4389 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4390 ** file size will be. 4391 */ 4392 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4393 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4394 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4395 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4396 ){ 4397 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4398 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4399 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4400 } 4401 4402 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4403 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4404 4405 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4406 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4407 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4408 ** any such pages to the file. 4409 ** 4410 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4411 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4412 */ 4413 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4414 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4415 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4416 4417 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4418 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4419 4420 /* Encode the database */ 4421 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4422 4423 /* Write out the page data. */ 4424 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4425 4426 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4427 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4428 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4429 */ 4430 if( pgno==1 ){ 4431 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4432 } 4433 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4434 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4435 } 4436 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4437 4438 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4439 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4440 4441 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4442 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4443 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4444 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4445 }else{ 4446 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4447 } 4448 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4449 pList = pList->pDirty; 4450 } 4451 4452 return rc; 4453 } 4454 4455 /* 4456 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4457 ** function is a no-op. 4458 ** 4459 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4460 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4461 ** fails. 4462 */ 4463 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4464 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4465 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4466 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4467 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4468 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4469 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4470 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4471 nStmtSpill = -1; 4472 } 4473 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4474 } 4475 return rc; 4476 } 4477 4478 /* 4479 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4480 ** 4481 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4482 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4483 ** 4484 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4485 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4486 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4487 ** bitvec. 4488 */ 4489 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4490 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4491 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4492 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4493 4494 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4495 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4496 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4497 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4498 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4499 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4500 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4501 ); 4502 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4503 4504 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4505 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4506 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4507 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4508 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4509 char *pData2; 4510 4511 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4512 if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4513 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4514 }else 4515 #endif 4516 pData2 = pData; 4517 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4518 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4519 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4520 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4521 } 4522 } 4523 } 4524 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4525 pPager->nSubRec++; 4526 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4527 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4528 } 4529 return rc; 4530 } 4531 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4532 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4533 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4534 }else{ 4535 return SQLITE_OK; 4536 } 4537 } 4538 4539 /* 4540 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4541 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4542 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4543 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4544 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4545 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4546 ** argument. 4547 ** 4548 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4549 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4550 ** journal file. 4551 ** 4552 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4553 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4554 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4555 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4556 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4557 */ 4558 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4559 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4560 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4561 4562 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4563 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4564 4565 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4566 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4567 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4568 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4569 ** 4570 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4571 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4572 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4573 ** 4574 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4575 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4576 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4577 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4578 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4579 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4580 */ 4581 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4582 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4583 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4584 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4585 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4586 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4587 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4588 ){ 4589 return SQLITE_OK; 4590 } 4591 4592 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4593 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4594 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4595 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4596 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4597 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4598 } 4599 }else{ 4600 4601 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 4602 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 4603 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 4604 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4605 } 4606 #endif 4607 4608 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4609 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4610 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4611 ){ 4612 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4613 } 4614 4615 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4616 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4617 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4618 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4619 } 4620 } 4621 4622 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4623 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4624 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4625 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4626 } 4627 4628 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4629 } 4630 4631 /* 4632 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4633 */ 4634 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4635 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4636 if( !MEMDB ){ 4637 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4638 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4639 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4640 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4641 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4642 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4643 } 4644 pList = pNext; 4645 } 4646 } 4647 4648 return rc; 4649 } 4650 4651 /* 4652 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4653 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4654 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4655 ** 4656 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4657 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4658 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4659 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4660 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4661 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4662 ** 4663 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4664 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4665 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4666 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4667 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4668 ** 4669 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4670 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4671 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4672 ** 4673 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4674 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4675 ** 4676 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4677 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4678 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4679 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4680 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4681 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4682 */ 4683 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4684 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4685 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4686 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4687 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4688 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4689 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4690 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4691 ){ 4692 u8 *pPtr; 4693 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4694 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4695 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4696 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4697 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4698 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4699 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4700 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4701 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4702 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4703 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4704 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4705 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4706 4707 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4708 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4709 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4710 4711 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4712 *ppPager = 0; 4713 4714 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4715 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4716 memDb = 1; 4717 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4718 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4719 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4720 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4721 zFilename = 0; 4722 } 4723 } 4724 #endif 4725 4726 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4727 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4728 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4729 */ 4730 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4731 const char *z; 4732 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4733 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4734 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4735 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4736 } 4737 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4738 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4739 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4740 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4741 while( *z ){ 4742 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4743 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4744 } 4745 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4746 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4747 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4748 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4749 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4750 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4751 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4752 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4753 */ 4754 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4755 } 4756 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4757 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4758 return rc; 4759 } 4760 } 4761 4762 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4763 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4764 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4765 ** 4766 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4767 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4768 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4769 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4770 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4771 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4772 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4773 */ 4774 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4775 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4776 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4777 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4778 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4779 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4780 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4781 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4782 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4783 #endif 4784 ); 4785 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4786 if( !pPtr ){ 4787 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4788 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4789 } 4790 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4791 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4792 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4793 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4794 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4795 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4796 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4797 4798 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4799 if( zPathname ){ 4800 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4801 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4802 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4803 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4804 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4805 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4806 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4807 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4808 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4809 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4810 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4811 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4812 #endif 4813 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4814 } 4815 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4816 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4817 4818 /* Open the pager file. 4819 */ 4820 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4821 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4822 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4823 assert( !memDb ); 4824 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4825 4826 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4827 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4828 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4829 ** 4830 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4831 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4832 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4833 */ 4834 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4835 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4836 if( !readOnly ){ 4837 setSectorSize(pPager); 4838 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4839 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4840 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4841 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4842 }else{ 4843 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4844 } 4845 } 4846 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4847 { 4848 int ii; 4849 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4850 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4851 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4852 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4853 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4854 szPageDflt = ii; 4855 } 4856 } 4857 } 4858 #endif 4859 } 4860 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4861 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4862 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4863 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4864 goto act_like_temp_file; 4865 } 4866 } 4867 }else{ 4868 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4869 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4870 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4871 ** 4872 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4873 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4874 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4875 ** 4876 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4877 */ 4878 act_like_temp_file: 4879 tempFile = 1; 4880 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4881 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4882 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4883 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4884 } 4885 4886 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4887 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4888 */ 4889 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4890 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4891 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4892 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4893 } 4894 4895 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4896 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4897 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4898 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4899 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4900 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4901 } 4902 4903 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4904 */ 4905 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4906 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4907 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4908 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4909 return rc; 4910 } 4911 4912 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4913 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4914 4915 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4916 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4917 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4918 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4919 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4920 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4921 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4922 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4923 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4924 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4925 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4926 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4927 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4928 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4929 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4930 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4931 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4932 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4933 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4934 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4935 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4936 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4937 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4938 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4939 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4940 }else{ 4941 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4942 pPager->extraSync = 0; 4943 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4944 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2); 4945 } 4946 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4947 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4948 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4949 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4950 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4951 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4952 setSectorSize(pPager); 4953 if( !useJournal ){ 4954 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4955 }else if( memDb ){ 4956 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4957 } 4958 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4959 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4960 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4961 setGetterMethod(pPager); 4962 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4963 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4964 4965 *ppPager = pPager; 4966 return SQLITE_OK; 4967 } 4968 4969 4970 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4971 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4972 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4973 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4974 */ 4975 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4976 int bHasMoved = 0; 4977 int rc; 4978 4979 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4980 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4981 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4982 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4983 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4984 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4985 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4986 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4987 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4988 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4989 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4990 } 4991 return rc; 4992 } 4993 4994 4995 /* 4996 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4997 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4998 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4999 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 5000 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 5001 ** 5002 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 5003 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 5004 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 5005 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 5006 ** 5007 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 5008 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 5009 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 5010 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 5011 ** is returned. 5012 ** 5013 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 5014 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 5015 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 5016 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 5017 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 5018 ** will not roll it back. 5019 ** 5020 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 5021 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 5022 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 5023 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 5024 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 5025 */ 5026 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 5027 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5028 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5029 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 5030 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 5031 5032 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 5033 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5034 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5035 5036 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 5037 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 5038 )); 5039 5040 *pExists = 0; 5041 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5042 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 5043 } 5044 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 5045 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 5046 5047 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 5048 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 5049 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 5050 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 5051 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 5052 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 5053 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 5054 */ 5055 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 5056 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 5057 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 5058 5059 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 5060 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5061 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5062 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 5063 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 5064 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 5065 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 5066 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 5067 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 5068 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 5069 */ 5070 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5071 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5072 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5073 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5074 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5075 } 5076 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5077 }else{ 5078 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5079 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5080 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5081 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5082 ** it can be ignored. 5083 */ 5084 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5085 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5086 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5087 } 5088 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5089 u8 first = 0; 5090 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5091 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5092 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5093 } 5094 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5095 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5096 } 5097 *pExists = (first!=0); 5098 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5099 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5100 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5101 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5102 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5103 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5104 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5105 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5106 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5107 */ 5108 *pExists = 1; 5109 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5110 } 5111 } 5112 } 5113 } 5114 } 5115 5116 return rc; 5117 } 5118 5119 /* 5120 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5121 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5122 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5123 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5124 ** 5125 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5126 ** 5127 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5128 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5129 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5130 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5131 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5132 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5133 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5134 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5135 ** 5136 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5137 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5138 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5139 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5140 ** file. 5141 ** 5142 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5143 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5144 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5145 */ 5146 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5147 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5148 5149 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5150 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5151 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5152 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5153 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5154 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5155 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5156 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5157 5158 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5159 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5160 5161 assert( !MEMDB ); 5162 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5163 5164 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5165 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5166 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5167 goto failed; 5168 } 5169 5170 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5171 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5172 */ 5173 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5174 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5175 } 5176 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5177 goto failed; 5178 } 5179 if( bHotJournal ){ 5180 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5181 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5182 goto failed; 5183 } 5184 5185 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5186 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5187 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5188 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5189 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5190 ** hot-journal back. 5191 ** 5192 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5193 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5194 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5195 ** on the database file. 5196 ** 5197 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5198 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5199 */ 5200 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5201 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5202 goto failed; 5203 } 5204 5205 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5206 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5207 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5208 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5209 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5210 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5211 ** 5212 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5213 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5214 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5215 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5216 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5217 */ 5218 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5219 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5220 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5221 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5222 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5223 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5224 int fout = 0; 5225 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5226 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5227 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5228 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5229 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5230 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5231 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5232 } 5233 } 5234 } 5235 5236 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5237 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5238 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5239 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5240 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5241 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5242 ** the journal before playing it back. 5243 */ 5244 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5245 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5246 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5247 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5248 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5249 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5250 } 5251 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5252 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5253 } 5254 5255 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5256 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5257 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5258 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5259 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5260 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5261 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5262 ** 5263 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5264 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5265 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5266 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5267 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5268 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5269 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5270 ** references. 5271 */ 5272 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5273 goto failed; 5274 } 5275 5276 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5277 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5278 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5279 ); 5280 } 5281 5282 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5283 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5284 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5285 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5286 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5287 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5288 ** 5289 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5290 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5291 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5292 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5293 ** a codec is in use. 5294 ** 5295 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5296 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5297 ** it can be neglected. 5298 */ 5299 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5300 5301 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5302 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5303 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5304 if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5305 goto failed; 5306 } 5307 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5308 } 5309 5310 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5311 pager_reset(pPager); 5312 5313 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5314 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5315 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5316 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5317 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5318 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5319 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5320 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5321 } 5322 } 5323 } 5324 5325 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5326 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5327 */ 5328 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5329 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5330 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5331 #endif 5332 } 5333 5334 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5335 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5336 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5337 } 5338 5339 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5340 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5341 } 5342 5343 failed: 5344 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5345 assert( !MEMDB ); 5346 pager_unlock(pPager); 5347 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5348 }else{ 5349 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5350 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5351 } 5352 return rc; 5353 } 5354 5355 /* 5356 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5357 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5358 ** 5359 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5360 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5361 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5362 */ 5363 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5364 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ 5365 assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ 5366 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5367 } 5368 } 5369 5370 /* 5371 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5372 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5373 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5374 ** 5375 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5376 ** on the current state of the pager. 5377 ** 5378 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5379 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5380 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5381 ** 5382 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5383 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5384 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5385 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5386 ** object with no outstanding references. 5387 ** 5388 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5389 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5390 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5391 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5392 ** 5393 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5394 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5395 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5396 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5397 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5398 ** 5399 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5400 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5401 ** 5402 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5403 ** 5404 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5405 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5406 ** from the savepoint journal. 5407 ** 5408 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5409 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5410 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5411 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5412 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5413 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5414 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5415 ** 5416 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5417 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5418 ** 5419 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5420 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5421 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5422 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5423 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5424 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5425 ** or journal files. 5426 */ 5427 static int getPageNormal( 5428 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5429 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5430 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5431 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5432 ){ 5433 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5434 PgHdr *pPg; 5435 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5436 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5437 5438 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5439 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5440 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5441 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5442 5443 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5444 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5445 if( pBase==0 ){ 5446 pPg = 0; 5447 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5448 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5449 if( pBase==0 ){ 5450 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5451 goto pager_acquire_err; 5452 } 5453 } 5454 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5455 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5456 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5457 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5458 5459 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5460 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5461 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5462 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5463 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5464 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5465 return SQLITE_OK; 5466 5467 }else{ 5468 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5469 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5470 ** 5471 ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 5472 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5473 */ 5474 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5475 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5476 goto pager_acquire_err; 5477 } 5478 5479 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5480 5481 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5482 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5483 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5484 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5485 goto pager_acquire_err; 5486 } 5487 if( noContent ){ 5488 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5489 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5490 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5491 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5492 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5493 */ 5494 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5495 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5496 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5497 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5498 } 5499 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5500 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5501 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5502 } 5503 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5504 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5505 }else{ 5506 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5507 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5508 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 5509 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5510 goto pager_acquire_err; 5511 } 5512 } 5513 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5514 } 5515 return SQLITE_OK; 5516 5517 pager_acquire_err: 5518 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5519 if( pPg ){ 5520 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5521 } 5522 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5523 *ppPage = 0; 5524 return rc; 5525 } 5526 5527 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5528 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5529 static int getPageMMap( 5530 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5531 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5532 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5533 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5534 ){ 5535 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5536 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5537 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5538 5539 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5540 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5541 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5542 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5543 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5544 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5545 ); 5546 5547 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5548 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5549 assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); 5550 #endif 5551 5552 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5553 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5554 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5555 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5556 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5557 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5558 } 5559 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5560 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5561 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5562 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5563 5564 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5565 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5566 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5567 *ppPage = 0; 5568 return rc; 5569 } 5570 } 5571 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5572 void *pData = 0; 5573 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5574 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5575 ); 5576 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5577 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5578 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5579 } 5580 if( pPg==0 ){ 5581 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5582 }else{ 5583 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5584 } 5585 if( pPg ){ 5586 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5587 *ppPage = pPg; 5588 return SQLITE_OK; 5589 } 5590 } 5591 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5592 *ppPage = 0; 5593 return rc; 5594 } 5595 } 5596 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5597 } 5598 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5599 5600 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5601 static int getPageError( 5602 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5603 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5604 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5605 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5606 ){ 5607 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5608 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5609 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5610 *ppPage = 0; 5611 return pPager->errCode; 5612 } 5613 5614 5615 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5616 */ 5617 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5618 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5619 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5620 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5621 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5622 ){ 5623 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5624 } 5625 5626 /* 5627 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5628 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5629 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5630 ** 5631 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5632 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5633 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5634 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5635 ** has ever happened. 5636 */ 5637 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5638 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5639 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5640 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5641 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5642 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5643 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5644 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5645 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5646 } 5647 5648 /* 5649 ** Release a page reference. 5650 ** 5651 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be 5652 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page. 5653 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first 5654 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1. 5655 ** 5656 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine 5657 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of 5658 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock. 5659 */ 5660 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5661 TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; ) 5662 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5663 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5664 assert( pPg->pgno!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5665 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5666 }else{ 5667 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5668 } 5669 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */ 5670 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 5671 } 5672 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5673 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5674 } 5675 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ 5676 Pager *pPager; 5677 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5678 assert( pPg->pgno==1 ); 5679 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5680 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5681 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5682 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5683 } 5684 5685 /* 5686 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5687 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5688 ** file when this routine is called. 5689 ** 5690 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5691 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5692 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5693 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5694 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5695 ** 5696 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5697 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5698 ** already open file. 5699 ** 5700 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5701 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5702 ** 5703 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5704 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5705 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5706 */ 5707 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5708 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5709 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5710 5711 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5712 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5713 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5714 5715 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5716 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5717 ** an error state. */ 5718 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5719 5720 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5721 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5722 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5723 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5724 } 5725 5726 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5727 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5728 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5729 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5730 }else{ 5731 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5732 int nSpill; 5733 5734 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5735 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5736 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5737 }else{ 5738 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5739 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5740 } 5741 5742 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5743 ** it was originally opened. */ 5744 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5745 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5746 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5747 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5748 ); 5749 } 5750 } 5751 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5752 } 5753 5754 5755 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5756 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5757 */ 5758 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5759 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5760 pPager->nRec = 0; 5761 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5762 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5763 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5764 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5765 } 5766 } 5767 5768 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5769 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5770 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5771 }else{ 5772 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5773 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5774 } 5775 5776 return rc; 5777 } 5778 5779 /* 5780 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5781 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5782 ** 5783 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5784 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5785 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5786 ** functions need be called. 5787 ** 5788 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5789 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5790 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5791 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5792 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5793 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5794 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5795 */ 5796 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5797 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5798 5799 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5800 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5801 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5802 5803 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5804 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5805 5806 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5807 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5808 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5809 */ 5810 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5811 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5812 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5813 return rc; 5814 } 5815 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5816 } 5817 5818 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5819 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5820 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5821 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5822 */ 5823 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5824 }else{ 5825 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5826 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5827 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5828 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5829 */ 5830 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5831 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5832 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5833 } 5834 } 5835 5836 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5837 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5838 ** 5839 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5840 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5841 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5842 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5843 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5844 ** WAL mode. 5845 */ 5846 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5847 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5848 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5849 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5850 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5851 } 5852 5853 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5854 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5855 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5856 } 5857 5858 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5859 return rc; 5860 } 5861 5862 /* 5863 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5864 */ 5865 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5866 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5867 int rc; 5868 u32 cksum; 5869 char *pData2; 5870 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5871 5872 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5873 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5874 ** that we do not. */ 5875 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5876 5877 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5878 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5879 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5880 5881 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5882 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5883 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5884 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5885 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5886 ** then corruption may follow. 5887 */ 5888 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5889 5890 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5891 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5892 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5893 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5894 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5895 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5896 5897 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5898 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5899 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5900 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5901 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5902 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5903 5904 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5905 pPager->nRec++; 5906 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5907 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5908 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5909 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5910 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5911 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5912 return rc; 5913 } 5914 5915 /* 5916 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5917 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5918 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5919 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5920 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5921 */ 5922 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5923 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5924 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5925 5926 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5927 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5928 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5929 */ 5930 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5931 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5932 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5933 ); 5934 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5935 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5936 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5937 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5938 5939 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5940 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5941 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5942 ** 5943 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5944 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5945 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5946 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5947 */ 5948 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5949 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5950 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5951 } 5952 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5953 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5954 5955 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5956 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5957 5958 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5959 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5960 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5961 */ 5962 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5963 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5964 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5965 ){ 5966 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5967 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5968 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5969 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5970 return rc; 5971 } 5972 }else{ 5973 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5974 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5975 } 5976 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5977 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5978 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5979 } 5980 } 5981 5982 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5983 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5984 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5985 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5986 */ 5987 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5988 5989 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5990 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5991 */ 5992 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5993 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5994 } 5995 5996 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5997 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5998 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5999 } 6000 return rc; 6001 } 6002 6003 /* 6004 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 6005 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 6006 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 6007 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 6008 ** a write. 6009 ** 6010 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 6011 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 6012 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 6013 */ 6014 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 6015 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6016 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 6017 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 6018 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 6019 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 6020 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 6021 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 6022 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 6023 6024 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 6025 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 6026 ** this function. 6027 */ 6028 assert( !MEMDB ); 6029 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 6030 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6031 6032 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 6033 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 6034 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 6035 */ 6036 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 6037 6038 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 6039 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 6040 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 6041 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 6042 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 6043 }else{ 6044 nPage = nPagePerSector; 6045 } 6046 assert(nPage>0); 6047 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 6048 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 6049 6050 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 6051 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 6052 PgHdr *pPage; 6053 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 6054 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 6055 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 6056 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6057 rc = pager_write(pPage); 6058 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6059 needSync = 1; 6060 } 6061 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6062 } 6063 } 6064 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 6065 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6066 needSync = 1; 6067 } 6068 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6069 } 6070 } 6071 6072 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 6073 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 6074 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 6075 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6076 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6077 */ 6078 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6079 assert( !MEMDB ); 6080 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6081 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6082 if( pPage ){ 6083 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6084 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6085 } 6086 } 6087 } 6088 6089 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6090 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6091 return rc; 6092 } 6093 6094 /* 6095 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6096 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6097 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6098 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6099 ** 6100 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6101 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6102 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6103 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6104 ** 6105 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6106 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6107 */ 6108 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6109 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6110 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6111 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6112 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6113 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6114 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6115 return SQLITE_OK; 6116 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6117 return pPager->errCode; 6118 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6119 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6120 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6121 }else{ 6122 return pager_write(pPg); 6123 } 6124 } 6125 6126 /* 6127 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6128 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6129 ** to change the content of the page. 6130 */ 6131 #ifndef NDEBUG 6132 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6133 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6134 } 6135 #endif 6136 6137 /* 6138 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6139 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6140 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6141 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6142 ** content no longer matters. 6143 ** 6144 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6145 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6146 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6147 ** 6148 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6149 ** DELETE operations. 6150 ** 6151 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6152 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6153 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6154 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6155 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6156 */ 6157 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6158 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6159 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6160 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6161 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6162 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6163 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6164 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6165 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6166 } 6167 } 6168 6169 /* 6170 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6171 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6172 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6173 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6174 ** 6175 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6176 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6177 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6178 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6179 ** 6180 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6181 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6182 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6183 ** transaction is committed. 6184 ** 6185 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6186 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6187 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6188 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6189 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6190 */ 6191 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6192 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6193 6194 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6195 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6196 ); 6197 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6198 6199 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6200 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6201 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6202 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6203 ** 6204 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6205 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6206 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6207 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6208 */ 6209 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6210 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6211 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6212 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6213 #else 6214 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6215 #endif 6216 6217 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6218 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6219 6220 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6221 6222 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6223 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6224 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6225 6226 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6227 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6228 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6229 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6230 */ 6231 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6232 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6233 } 6234 6235 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6236 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6237 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6238 6239 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6240 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6241 const void *zBuf; 6242 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6243 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6244 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6245 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6246 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6247 } 6248 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6249 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6250 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6251 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6252 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6253 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6254 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6255 } 6256 }else{ 6257 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6258 } 6259 } 6260 6261 /* Release the page reference. */ 6262 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6263 } 6264 return rc; 6265 } 6266 6267 /* 6268 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6269 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6270 ** 6271 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6272 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6273 */ 6274 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6275 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6276 6277 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6278 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6279 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6280 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6281 } 6282 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6283 assert( !MEMDB ); 6284 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6285 } 6286 return rc; 6287 } 6288 6289 /* 6290 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6291 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6292 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6293 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6294 ** 6295 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6296 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6297 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6298 ** returned. 6299 */ 6300 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6301 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6302 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6303 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6304 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6305 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6306 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6307 ); 6308 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6309 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6310 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6311 } 6312 } 6313 return rc; 6314 } 6315 6316 /* 6317 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6318 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6319 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6320 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6321 ** 6322 ** This routine ensures that: 6323 ** 6324 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6325 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6326 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6327 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6328 ** * the database file synced. 6329 ** 6330 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6331 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6332 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6333 ** 6334 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6335 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6336 ** 6337 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6338 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6339 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6340 ** journal file in this case. 6341 */ 6342 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6343 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6344 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6345 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6346 ){ 6347 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6348 6349 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6350 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6351 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6352 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6353 ); 6354 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6355 6356 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6357 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6358 6359 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6360 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6361 6362 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6363 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6364 6365 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6366 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6367 6368 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6369 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6370 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6371 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6372 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6373 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6374 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6375 }else{ 6376 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6377 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6378 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6379 if( pList==0 ){ 6380 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6381 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6382 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6383 pList = pPageOne; 6384 pList->pDirty = 0; 6385 } 6386 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6387 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6388 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6389 } 6390 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6391 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6392 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6393 } 6394 }else{ 6395 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method 6396 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write 6397 ** is enabled. 6398 */ 6399 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 6400 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6401 const int bBatch = zMaster==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ 6402 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 6403 && !pPager->noSync 6404 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); 6405 #else 6406 # define bBatch 0 6407 #endif 6408 6409 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6410 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6411 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6412 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6413 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6414 ** 6415 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6416 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6417 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6418 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6419 ** 6420 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6421 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6422 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6423 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6424 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6425 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6426 ** mode. 6427 ** 6428 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6429 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6430 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6431 ** created for this transaction. 6432 */ 6433 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6434 PgHdr *pPg; 6435 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6436 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6437 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6438 ); 6439 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6440 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6441 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6442 && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6443 ){ 6444 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6445 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6446 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6447 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6448 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6449 */ 6450 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6451 }else{ 6452 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6453 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6454 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6455 } 6456 } 6457 } 6458 #else 6459 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6460 if( zMaster ){ 6461 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6462 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6463 } 6464 #endif 6465 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6466 #endif 6467 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6468 6469 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6470 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6471 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6472 */ 6473 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6474 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6475 6476 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6477 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6478 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6479 ** 6480 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6481 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6482 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6483 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6484 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6485 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6486 */ 6487 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6488 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6489 6490 if( bBatch ){ 6491 /* The pager is now in DBMOD state. But regardless of what happens 6492 ** next, attempting to play the journal back into the database would 6493 ** be unsafe. Close it now to make sure that does not happen. */ 6494 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6495 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6496 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6497 } 6498 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6499 if( bBatch ){ 6500 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6501 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6502 }else{ 6503 sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6504 } 6505 } 6506 6507 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6508 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6509 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6510 } 6511 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6512 6513 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6514 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6515 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6516 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6517 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6518 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6519 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6520 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6521 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6522 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6523 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6524 } 6525 6526 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6527 if( !noSync ){ 6528 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6529 } 6530 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6531 } 6532 } 6533 6534 commit_phase_one_exit: 6535 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6536 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6537 } 6538 return rc; 6539 } 6540 6541 6542 /* 6543 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6544 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6545 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6546 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6547 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6548 ** 6549 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6550 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6551 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6552 ** irrevocably committed. 6553 ** 6554 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6555 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6556 */ 6557 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6558 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6559 6560 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6561 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6562 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6563 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6564 6565 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6566 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6567 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6568 ); 6569 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6570 6571 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6572 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6573 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6574 ** 6575 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6576 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6577 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6578 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6579 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6580 ** to drop any locks either. 6581 */ 6582 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6583 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6584 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6585 ){ 6586 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6587 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6588 return SQLITE_OK; 6589 } 6590 6591 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6592 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6593 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6594 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6595 } 6596 6597 /* 6598 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6599 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6600 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6601 ** state if an error occurs. 6602 ** 6603 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6604 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6605 ** 6606 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6607 ** 6608 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6609 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6610 ** was opened, and 6611 ** 6612 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6613 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6614 ** 6615 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6616 ** rollback is successful. 6617 ** 6618 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6619 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6620 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6621 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6622 */ 6623 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6624 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6625 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6626 6627 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6628 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6629 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6630 */ 6631 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6632 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6633 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6634 6635 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6636 int rc2; 6637 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6638 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6639 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6640 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6641 int eState = pPager->eState; 6642 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6643 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6644 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6645 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6646 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6647 */ 6648 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6649 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6650 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6651 return rc; 6652 } 6653 }else{ 6654 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6655 } 6656 6657 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6658 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6659 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6660 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6661 ); 6662 6663 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6664 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6665 */ 6666 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6667 } 6668 6669 /* 6670 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6671 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6672 */ 6673 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6674 return pPager->readOnly; 6675 } 6676 6677 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6678 /* 6679 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6680 */ 6681 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6682 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6683 } 6684 #endif 6685 6686 /* 6687 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6688 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6689 */ 6690 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6691 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6692 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6693 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6694 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6695 + pPager->pageSize; 6696 } 6697 6698 /* 6699 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6700 */ 6701 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6702 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6703 } 6704 6705 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6706 /* 6707 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6708 */ 6709 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6710 static int a[11]; 6711 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6712 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6713 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6714 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6715 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6716 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6717 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6718 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6719 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6720 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6721 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6722 return a; 6723 } 6724 #endif 6725 6726 /* 6727 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6728 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6729 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6730 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6731 ** returning. 6732 */ 6733 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6734 6735 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6736 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6737 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6738 ); 6739 6740 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6741 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6742 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6743 6744 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6745 if( reset ){ 6746 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6747 } 6748 } 6749 6750 /* 6751 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6752 */ 6753 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6754 return pPager->tempFile; 6755 } 6756 6757 /* 6758 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6759 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6760 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6761 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6762 ** 6763 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6764 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6765 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6766 */ 6767 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6768 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6769 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6770 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6771 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6772 6773 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6774 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6775 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6776 6777 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6778 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6779 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6780 */ 6781 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6782 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6783 ); 6784 if( !aNew ){ 6785 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6786 } 6787 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6788 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6789 6790 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6791 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6792 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6793 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6794 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6795 }else{ 6796 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6797 } 6798 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6799 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6800 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6801 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6802 } 6803 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6804 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6805 } 6806 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6807 } 6808 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6809 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6810 return rc; 6811 } 6812 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6813 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6814 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6815 6816 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6817 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6818 }else{ 6819 return SQLITE_OK; 6820 } 6821 } 6822 6823 6824 /* 6825 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6826 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6827 ** created savepoint. 6828 ** 6829 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6830 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6831 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6832 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6833 ** 6834 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6835 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6836 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6837 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6838 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6839 ** 6840 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6841 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6842 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6843 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6844 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6845 ** 6846 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6847 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6848 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6849 ** 6850 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6851 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6852 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6853 */ 6854 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6855 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6856 6857 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6858 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6859 #endif 6860 6861 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6862 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6863 6864 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6865 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6866 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6867 6868 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6869 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6870 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6871 */ 6872 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6873 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6874 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6875 } 6876 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6877 6878 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6879 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6880 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6881 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6882 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6883 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6884 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6885 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6886 } 6887 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6888 } 6889 } 6890 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6891 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6892 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6893 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6894 */ 6895 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6896 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6897 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6898 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6899 } 6900 6901 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6902 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6903 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6904 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6905 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6906 else if( 6907 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6908 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6909 ){ 6910 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6911 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6912 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6913 } 6914 #endif 6915 } 6916 6917 return rc; 6918 } 6919 6920 /* 6921 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6922 ** 6923 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6924 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6925 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6926 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6927 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6928 ** participate in shared-cache. 6929 */ 6930 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6931 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6932 } 6933 6934 /* 6935 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6936 */ 6937 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6938 return pPager->pVfs; 6939 } 6940 6941 /* 6942 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6943 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6944 ** not yet been opened. 6945 */ 6946 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6947 return pPager->fd; 6948 } 6949 6950 /* 6951 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 6952 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 6953 */ 6954 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 6955 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6956 return pPager->jfd; 6957 #else 6958 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 6959 #endif 6960 } 6961 6962 /* 6963 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6964 */ 6965 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6966 return pPager->zJournal; 6967 } 6968 6969 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6970 /* 6971 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6972 */ 6973 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6974 Pager *pPager, 6975 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6976 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6977 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6978 void *pCodec 6979 ){ 6980 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6981 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6982 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6983 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6984 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6985 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6986 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6987 } 6988 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6989 return pPager->pCodec; 6990 } 6991 6992 /* 6993 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6994 ** into the log file. 6995 ** 6996 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6997 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6998 */ 6999 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 7000 void *aData = 0; 7001 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 7002 return aData; 7003 } 7004 7005 /* 7006 ** Return the current pager state 7007 */ 7008 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 7009 return pPager->eState; 7010 } 7011 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 7012 7013 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7014 /* 7015 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 7016 ** 7017 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 7018 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 7019 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 7020 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 7021 ** 7022 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 7023 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 7024 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 7025 ** 7026 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 7027 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 7028 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 7029 ** transaction is active). 7030 ** 7031 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 7032 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 7033 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 7034 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 7035 ** 7036 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 7037 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 7038 */ 7039 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 7040 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 7041 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 7042 int rc; /* Return code */ 7043 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 7044 7045 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 7046 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 7047 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 7048 ); 7049 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7050 7051 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 7052 ** the page we are moving from. 7053 */ 7054 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 7055 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7056 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 7057 if( rc ) return rc; 7058 } 7059 7060 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 7061 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 7062 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 7063 ** 7064 ** BEGIN; 7065 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 7066 ** SAVEPOINT one; 7067 ** <Move page X to location Y> 7068 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 7069 ** 7070 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 7071 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 7072 ** statement were is processed. 7073 ** 7074 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 7075 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 7076 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 7077 */ 7078 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 7079 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 7080 ){ 7081 return rc; 7082 } 7083 7084 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 7085 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 7086 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 7087 7088 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 7089 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 7090 ** 7091 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 7092 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 7093 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 7094 */ 7095 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 7096 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 7097 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 7098 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 7099 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 7100 } 7101 7102 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 7103 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 7104 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 7105 ** for the page moved there. 7106 */ 7107 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7108 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 7109 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 7110 if( pPgOld ){ 7111 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 7112 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7113 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7114 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7115 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7116 }else{ 7117 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7118 } 7119 } 7120 7121 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7122 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7123 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7124 7125 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7126 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7127 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7128 */ 7129 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7130 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7131 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7132 } 7133 7134 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7135 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7136 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7137 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7138 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7139 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7140 ** flag. 7141 ** 7142 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7143 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7144 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7145 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7146 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7147 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7148 */ 7149 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7150 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7151 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7152 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7153 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7154 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7155 } 7156 return rc; 7157 } 7158 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7159 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7160 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7161 } 7162 7163 return SQLITE_OK; 7164 } 7165 #endif 7166 7167 /* 7168 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7169 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7170 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7171 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7172 */ 7173 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7174 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7175 pPg->flags = flags; 7176 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7177 } 7178 7179 /* 7180 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7181 */ 7182 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7183 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7184 return pPg->pData; 7185 } 7186 7187 /* 7188 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7189 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7190 */ 7191 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7192 return pPg->pExtra; 7193 } 7194 7195 /* 7196 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7197 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7198 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7199 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7200 ** 7201 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7202 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7203 ** locking-mode. 7204 */ 7205 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7206 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7207 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7208 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7209 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7210 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7211 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7212 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7213 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7214 } 7215 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7216 } 7217 7218 /* 7219 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7220 ** 7221 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7222 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7223 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7224 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7225 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7226 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7227 ** 7228 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7229 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7230 ** 7231 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7232 ** or _MEMORY. 7233 ** 7234 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7235 ** 7236 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7237 */ 7238 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7239 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7240 7241 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 7242 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 7243 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 7244 print_pager_state(pPager); 7245 #endif 7246 7247 7248 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7249 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7250 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7251 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7252 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7253 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7254 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7255 7256 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7257 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7258 ** to WAL mode. 7259 */ 7260 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7261 7262 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7263 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7264 */ 7265 if( MEMDB ){ 7266 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7267 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7268 eMode = eOld; 7269 } 7270 } 7271 7272 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7273 7274 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7275 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7276 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7277 7278 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7279 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7280 ** delete the journal file. 7281 */ 7282 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7283 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7284 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7285 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7286 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7287 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7288 7289 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7290 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7291 7292 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7293 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7294 ** here is an optimization only. 7295 ** 7296 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7297 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7298 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7299 */ 7300 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7301 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7302 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7303 }else{ 7304 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7305 int state = pPager->eState; 7306 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7307 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7308 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7309 } 7310 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7311 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7312 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7313 } 7314 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7315 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7316 } 7317 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7318 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7319 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7320 pager_unlock(pPager); 7321 } 7322 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7323 } 7324 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7325 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7326 } 7327 } 7328 7329 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7330 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7331 } 7332 7333 /* 7334 ** Return the current journal mode. 7335 */ 7336 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7337 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7338 } 7339 7340 /* 7341 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7342 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7343 ** is unmodified. 7344 */ 7345 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7346 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7347 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7348 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7349 return 1; 7350 } 7351 7352 /* 7353 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7354 ** 7355 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7356 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7357 */ 7358 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7359 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7360 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7361 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7362 } 7363 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7364 } 7365 7366 /* 7367 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7368 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7369 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7370 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7371 */ 7372 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7373 return &pPager->pBackup; 7374 } 7375 7376 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7377 /* 7378 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7379 */ 7380 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7381 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7382 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7383 } 7384 #endif 7385 7386 7387 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7388 /* 7389 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7390 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7391 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7392 ** 7393 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7394 */ 7395 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7396 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7397 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7398 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7399 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7400 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7401 ){ 7402 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7403 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7404 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7405 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7406 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7407 pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7408 pnLog, pnCkpt 7409 ); 7410 } 7411 return rc; 7412 } 7413 7414 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7415 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7416 } 7417 7418 /* 7419 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7420 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7421 */ 7422 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7423 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7424 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7425 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7426 } 7427 7428 /* 7429 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7430 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7431 */ 7432 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7433 int rc; /* Return code */ 7434 7435 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7436 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7437 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7438 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7439 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7440 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7441 } 7442 7443 return rc; 7444 } 7445 7446 /* 7447 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7448 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7449 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7450 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7451 */ 7452 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7453 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7454 7455 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7456 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7457 7458 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7459 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7460 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7461 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7462 */ 7463 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7464 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7465 } 7466 7467 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7468 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7469 */ 7470 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7471 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7472 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7473 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7474 ); 7475 } 7476 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7477 7478 return rc; 7479 } 7480 7481 7482 /* 7483 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7484 ** this function. 7485 ** 7486 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7487 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7488 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7489 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7490 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7491 ** not modified in either case. 7492 ** 7493 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7494 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7495 ** without doing anything. 7496 */ 7497 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7498 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7499 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7500 ){ 7501 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7502 7503 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7504 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7505 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7506 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7507 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7508 7509 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7510 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7511 7512 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7513 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7514 7515 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7516 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7517 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7518 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7519 } 7520 }else{ 7521 *pbOpen = 1; 7522 } 7523 7524 return rc; 7525 } 7526 7527 /* 7528 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7529 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7530 ** 7531 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7532 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7533 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7534 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7535 */ 7536 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7537 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7538 7539 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7540 7541 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7542 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7543 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7544 */ 7545 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7546 int logexists = 0; 7547 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7548 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7549 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7550 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7551 ); 7552 } 7553 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7554 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7555 } 7556 } 7557 7558 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7559 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7560 */ 7561 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7562 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7563 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7564 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, 7565 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7566 pPager->pWal = 0; 7567 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7568 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7569 } 7570 } 7571 return rc; 7572 } 7573 7574 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7575 /* 7576 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7577 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7578 */ 7579 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7580 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7581 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7582 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7583 } 7584 return rc; 7585 } 7586 7587 /* 7588 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7589 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7590 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7591 */ 7592 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7593 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7594 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7595 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7596 }else{ 7597 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7598 } 7599 return rc; 7600 } 7601 7602 /* 7603 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7604 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7605 */ 7606 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7607 int rc; 7608 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7609 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7610 }else{ 7611 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7612 } 7613 return rc; 7614 } 7615 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7616 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7617 7618 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7619 /* 7620 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7621 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7622 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7623 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7624 ** is empty, return 0. 7625 */ 7626 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7627 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7628 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7629 } 7630 #endif 7631 7632 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7633